<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ap5718</id>
	<title>ChemWiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ap5718"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/wiki/Special:Contributions/Ap5718"/>
	<updated>2026-05-17T14:42:11Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.43.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811375</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811375"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:24:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Activation Energy for both reactions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E ‡), the energy of the reactants and the products: E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Depending which reaction you are analysing, one or the other will be the reagent/product. Setting the initial distances to r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm yields a TS energy of: E ‡ = -433.942 kJ/mol. To find the other two energies, the length of the H-H bond (74pm) is set for r(BC) and the fluorine atom is set so far it doesn&#039;t affect the energy of the hydrogen molecule (for instance r(AB)=2000 pm) and the same is done for HF where r(AB) = 91 pm. As a result, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -435.100 kJ/mol and E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -560.404 kJ/mol. Simply by taking the difference, the activation energy for reaction 2 is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 126.462 kJ/mol. The activation energy for reaction 1 is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.158 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811373</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811373"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:24:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E ‡), the energy of the reactants and the products: E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Depending which reaction you are analysing, one or the other will be the reagent/product. Setting the initial distances to r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm yields a TS energy of: E ‡ = -433.942 kJ/mol. To find the other two energies, the length of the H-H bond (74pm) is set for r(BC) and the fluorine atom is set so far it doesn&#039;t affect the energy of the hydrogen molecule (for instance r(AB)=2000 pm) and the same is done for HF where r(AB) = 91 pm. As a result, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -435.100 kJ/mol and E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -560.404 kJ/mol. Simply by taking the difference, the activation energy for reaction 2 is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 126.462 kJ/mol. The activation energy for reaction 1 is E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;= 1.158 kJ/mol&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811365</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811365"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:22:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Activation Energy for both reactions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E ‡), the energy of the reactants and the products: E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Depending which reaction you are analysing, one or the other will be the reagent/product. Setting the initial distances to r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm yields a TS energy of: E ‡ = -433.942 kJ/mol. To find the other two energies, the length of the H-H bond (74pm) is set for r(BC) and the fluorine atom is set so far it doesn&#039;t affect the energy of the hydrogen molecule (for instance r(AB)=2000 pm) and the same is done for HF where r(AB) = 91 pm. As a result, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -435.100 kJ/mol and E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -560.404 kJ/mol. Simply by taking the difference, the activation energy for reaction &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811348</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811348"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:18:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Activation Energy for both reactions */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E ‡), the energy of the reactants and the products: E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Depending which reaction you are analysing, one or the other will be the reagent/product. Setting the initial distances to r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm yields a TS energy of: E ‡ = -433.942 kJ/mol. To find the other two energies, the length of the H-H bond (74pm) is set for r(BC) and the fluorine atom is set so far it doesn&#039;t affect the energy of the hydrogen molecule (for instance r(AB)=2000 pm) and the same is done for HF where r(AB) = 91 pm. As a result, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -435.100 kJ/mol and E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -560.404 kJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811346</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811346"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:18:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E ‡), the energy of the reactants and the products: E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Depending which reaction you are analysing, one or the other will be the reagent/product. Setting the initial distances to r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm yields a TS energy of: E ‡ = -433.942 kJ/mol. To find the other two energies, the length of the H-H bond (74pm) is set for r(BC) and the fluorine atom is set so far it doesn&#039;t affect the energy of the hydrogen molecule (for instance r(AB)=2000 pm) and the same is done for HF where r(AB) = 91 pm. As a result, E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt; H-H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -435.100 kJ/mol and E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H-F&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = -560.404 kJ/mol. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811311</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811311"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:06:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
===Activation Energy for both reactions===&lt;br /&gt;
The activation energy can be found by finding the Energy of the transition state (E&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811289</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811289"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T20:01:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811264</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811264"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:54:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811260</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811260"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:54:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state ===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12). This TS position is actually the same as the one for reaction 2 since both reactions are the same only reversed. &lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811251</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811251"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:50:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state for reaction 1===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811250</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811250"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:49:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Position of the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state for reaction 1===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811234</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811234"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:45:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=left&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811232</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811232"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:44:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811230</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811230"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:44:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Position of the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 300&lt;br /&gt;
 |caption_align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811225</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811225"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:42:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Position of the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 200&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811224</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811224"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:41:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Position of the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 200&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption 1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | caption 2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811221</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811221"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:40:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Position of the transition state */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 200&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = Fig. 12: The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs. The image on the left is the contour plot while the left image is the graph of internuclear distances vs. time&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811212</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811212"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:39:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 |align=center&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 200&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811207</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811207"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:38:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
===Position of the transition state===&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 200&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGangMulti2.png&amp;diff=811204</id>
		<title>File:FluorineGangMulti2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGangMulti2.png&amp;diff=811204"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:37:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGangMulti1.png&amp;diff=811197</id>
		<title>File:FluorineGangMulti1.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGangMulti1.png&amp;diff=811197"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:36:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811196</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811196"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:36:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Position of the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
{{multiple image&lt;br /&gt;
 | width = 80&lt;br /&gt;
 | image1 = FluorineGangMulti1.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt1 = Contour Plot&lt;br /&gt;
 | image2 = FluorineGangMulti2.png&lt;br /&gt;
 | alt2 = Graph of Internuclear Distances&lt;br /&gt;
 | footer = The position of the transition state is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as confirmed by both graphs &lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811188</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811188"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:33:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Position of the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
Using the same method employed to find the TS in the previous system wouldn&#039;t exactly work since the system isn&#039;t symmetric anymore. The way to find the TS position, r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, is to set the distance between the Hydrogen atoms to r(BC) = 74 pm and observe the PES when variating r(AB). Both momenta are set to zero for this operation. The final position of the TS is r(AB) = 181.4 pm and r(BC) = 74 pm as shown by the contour plot and the internuclear distances vs. time graph (see Fig. 12)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811146</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811146"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:21:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Fig. 10:Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Fig. 11: Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
==Position of the transition state==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811142</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811142"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGang2.png&amp;diff=811140</id>
		<title>File:FluorineGang2.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGang2.png&amp;diff=811140"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:18:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811138</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811138"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:18:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|left|thumb|Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm (H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; bond length) and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs /p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs The reaction is exothermic]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang2.png|300px|right|thumb|Potential energy surface reaction between a Hydrogen atom and HF where AB= 91 pm (HF bond length) and BC = 110 pm and p(AB)= -2 g.pm/mol.fs/ p(BC) = -10 g.pm/mol.fs. The reaciton is endothermic.  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGang.png&amp;diff=811113</id>
		<title>File:FluorineGang.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=File:FluorineGang.png&amp;diff=811113"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:10:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811110</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811110"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:10:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FluorineGang.png|300px|center|thumb|Potential energy surface reaction between a Fluorine atom and Hydrogen where AB = 160 pm BC = 74 pm and p(AB) = -1.5 g.pm/mol.fs p(BC) = -2 g.pm/mol.fs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811091</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811091"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T19:01:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. This results in the bond having a bigger ionic character, which is correlated with stronger bonds. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811076</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811076"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T18:57:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong (586.6 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. In comparison, the H-H bond(436 kJ/mol)&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://labs.chem.ucsb.edu/zakarian/armen/11---bonddissociationenergy.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811056</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811056"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T18:52:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  (reaction 1) or H + HF (reaction 2). Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces (PES), this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products. In the first reaction, the product is HF and the bond broken is between two hydrogen atoms. The H-F bond is strong due to the electronegativity difference between hydrogen and fluorine, the most electronegative atom. In comparison, the H-H bond is much weaker and breaking an H-F bond to form the former is not energetically favourable. As a result, reaction 1 is exothermic while reaction 2 is endothermic. These predictions are confirmed by looking at the PES of both reactions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811032</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=811032"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T18:45:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* F-H-H system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
In this system, the fluorine atom is labeled as A, the hydrogen atom located in the middle as B and the last one at C. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Two different reactions are possible : F + H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;  or H + HF. Energetically speaking, they are quite different as one reaction is exothermic while the other is endothermic. Without yet looking at the potential energy surfaces, this can be rationalised by looking at the bond strengths of the reagents and products.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810758</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810758"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:36:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* H+H2 system */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=90.8 pm and R2=90.8 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810736</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810736"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:31:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== F-H-H system ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810719</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810719"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:27:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants and products. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Once the TS point is crossed, the reaction takes place (it doesn&#039;t consider the possibility of recrossing) &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The differences from experimental values of reaction rates and those predicted from TST will very probably differ. One thing that TST does not take into account is the quantum mechanical nature of atoms and molecules. Thus, the quantum tunneling effect is not considered, which is a factor that increases reaction rates in real-life experiments. The most probable difference will come from the fact that TST does not consider the possibility of energy barrier recrossing when the initial momenta are high as stated by assumption 4. If the reaction still occurs after an odd number of crossings, the TST prediction of the reaction rate will be higher than the real-life measurement. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810668</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810668"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:16:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810665</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810665"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:16:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations&lt;br /&gt;
3.The reaction path takes the minimal energy approach while going to and crossing through the transition state.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810657</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810657"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:14:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;, meaning that the Born-Oppenheimer approximation is used for calculations&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810652</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810652"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:13:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
1. The Transition State is in equilibrium with the reactants.&lt;br /&gt;
2. The reaction is electronically adiabatic &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Donald G. Truhlar, Bruce C. Garrett, Stephen J. Klippenstein, J. Phys. Chem. 1996,100,31,12771-12800 https://doi.org/10.1021/jp953748q &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810632</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810632"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:04:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810627</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810627"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:04:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810623</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810623"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:02:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810620</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810620"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T17:02:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found in this research paper &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Wigner, E. Trans. Faraday Soc. 1938, 34, 29. &amp;lt;\ref&amp;gt;; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810595</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810595"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:56:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [[ https://doi.org/10.1021%2Fjp953748q|here]]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810591</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810591"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:55:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [[ https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jp953748q|here]]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810588</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810588"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:55:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [[ https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jp953748q| here]]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810582</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810582"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:54:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [[ https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jp953748q | here]]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810581</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810581"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:53:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [ https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jp953748q|here]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810570</id>
		<title>MRD:APP5718</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://chemwiki.ch.ic.ac.uk/index.php?title=MRD:APP5718&amp;diff=810570"/>
		<updated>2020-05-22T16:51:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ap5718: /* Comparison with transition state theory (TST) */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== H+H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; system ==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of this reaction will be done using the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and treating the system as classical to be able to approximate trajectories. The system consists of an H&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; molecule reacting with a Hydrogen atom to form a new bond. All three Hydrogen atoms will be distinguished by the letters A, B, and C corresponding to H(A)+H(B)-H(C), this is just to distinguish the atoms, the letters have no physical meaning associated. Moreover, R1 will be the distance between atoms B and C and R2 is the distance between A and B. Potential surfaces of this reaction and the Transition states will be studied using transition state theory &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The mathematical definition of the transition state corresponds to the point in the potential surface where the partial derivatives of the energy with respect to bond distance R1 and R2 are both equal to zero since it is a maximum point in the surface graph. However, the second-order partial derivatives also need to be calculated to distinguish between minima and maxima. The transition state (TS) is a saddle point so the second-order partial derivatives will each have opposite signs. Defining it through mathematical equations: &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial V}{\partial R1}  =  \frac{\partial V}{\partial R2} = 0 \qquad (condition\ 1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;   &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R1^2} &amp;gt;0 \qquad  and \qquad   \frac{\partial^2 V}{\partial R2^2}&amp;lt;0 \qquad (condition\ 2) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:APP_5718.png|300px|center|thumb|Fig. 1:Potential Energy Surface of the system with the TS located as a black dot at an R1=91 pm and R2=92 pm]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Locating the position of the Transition state (r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)===&lt;br /&gt;
Given that all three atoms are the same, the TS will be located at a point where the distances between the atoms is the same. Therefore, to find r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, the momentum of all particles is set to zero and the values R1 and R2 are changed ( with the condition that R1 = R2) until a plot of Internuclear Distances vs. Time (Fig. 2) shows two horizontal lines indicating that the state is in equilibrium and all three atoms remain in the same position. This value is found to be r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Internuclearvtimegang.png|304px|center|thumb|Fig. 2: Internuclear Distances vs. Time plot of the reaction at the Transition State( r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = 90.8 pm)]]&lt;br /&gt;
=== Calculating the reaction path ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reaction path corresponds to a minimum energy path from reactants to products. The way of determining it closest to reality consists of using the dynamic calculation type, which allows for vibrations to happen in molecules as a result of their momentum, and as a result reaction paths aren&#039;t straight lines but actually &amp;quot;wiggle&amp;quot; due to the vibrations which raise its potential energy. However, the minimum energy path (mep) completely removes all vibrations from the reaction by determining the lowest energy path after resetting all the atom&#039;s momentum to zero after each step. Therefore, no vibration arises with the mep calculation, which is completely unrealistic in relation to a real-life gaseous reaction. It is still very valuable and interesting to compare both possibilities to get a deeper understanding of the overall reaction by looking at graphs of mep vs dynamic calculations in the case where r1 = r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; + 1pm and r2 = r2 and, reversibly, r2= r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;+1pm and r1=r1. All calculations were done with a number of steps = 500 and a size (fs) = 0.1 &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_BC+1_Intervstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 3: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_AB+1_Intervstime.png|180px|middle|thumb|Fig. 4: Graph of Internuclear distances vs. Time in MEP calculation where R1=R1  and R2=R2 + 1 pm]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MEP_Momentumvstime.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 5: Graph of momenta vs. time in MEP calculation where R1=R1 + 1 pm and R2=R2 ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DynamicsInterdistancevstime.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 6: Graph of Internuclear Distances vs. Time in Dynamics calculation ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Momenta_vs_Time_Dynamics.png|180px|left|thumb|Fig. 7: Graph of momenta vs. time in Dynamics calculation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DistanceReversibility.png|180px|right|thumb|Fig. 8: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time where the initial conditions of position and momentum are reversed]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All the relevant graphs with their descriptions are plotted in this section. By comparing Fig. 4 and Fig. 3, by altering R2 and leaving R1 unchanged, the A-B and B-C curves interchange &amp;quot;places&amp;quot; on the graph which indicates the fact that the bond would be forming between hydrogens B and C while breaking the bond A and B which is the opposite of our initial system. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of the positions R1(t) and R2(t) are equal to 193 pm and 74 pm, as extracted from Fig. 3. This is consistent with the physical intuition of the reaction since the bond between Hydrogens B and C, corresponding to the length R1 is broken and increases while the distance between A and B decreases as hydrogen A approaches hydrogen B to form the bond. The momenta, shown in Fig. 5, remains constant and equal to 0 g.pm/mol.fs, also in complete agreement with mep theory which resets the momentum value to zero after each step to avoid the vibration of the molecule. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The final values of positions for the dynamics calculation (see. Fig. 6) are R1(t) = 352.6 pm (731.9) and R2(t) = 73.7 pm. Comparing Fig. 3 and Fig. 6, the differences introduced by allowing vibrations are visible, the increase of BC distance is much steeper and the final distance R1 is larger in dynamics than mep calculation. Moreover, the distance curves in Fig. 3 are smooth while they adopt a more sinusoidal shape in Fig. 6, the result of the vibrations.&lt;br /&gt;
The momenta graph is completely different (Fig. 7) as the momentum associated with A-B oscillates after 20 fs around a value of 2.5 g.pm/mol.fs (final value p2(t)=3.2 g.pm/mol.fs)  while BC stabilises at p1(t) = 5 g.pm/mol.fs. The vibration has been &amp;quot;transmitted&amp;quot; from the molecule formed by hydrogens B and C to the new formed molecule with atoms A and B whose momentum oscillates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a calculation is set up where the initial positions correspond to the final positions found above, as well as the final momenta but with the signs reversed, a very interesting graph of internuclear distances vs. time in the dynamic calculation is plotted (see Fig. 8). The idea of inversing final and initial positions as well as reversing momenta has the objective to study the reversibility of the system, how would it evolve if you gave the final products the momentum &amp;quot;back&amp;quot; to form the products again. After approximately 45 fs, the BC and AB positions get closer to the TS position of r&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;ts&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = 90.8 pm but never reach it and go back to the same positions the products had. This means the formation of the reactants by reverse reaction did not happen, as the momentum is not enough to go over the TS. If the reverse reaction were to be successful, a graph with the same shape as Fig. 9 would be observed.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SuccesfullReactionExample.png|180px|center|thumb|Fig.9: Graph of internuclear distances vs. time showing a reverse reaction going to completion ]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Reactive and Unreactive trajectories ===&lt;br /&gt;
Here are a few reaction examples with different momenta and with the same initial positions: R1 = 74 pm / R2 = 200  pm. The dynamics calculation type is employed with a numbe of steps equal to 800 and size (fs) = 0.1 &lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+ Reactive and unreactive trajectories comparison table&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/g.mol&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.pm.fs&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;-1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;E&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;tot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Reactive?&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Description of the dynamics&#039;&#039;&#039;||&#039;&#039;&#039;Illustration of the trajectory&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -2.56||-5.1||-414.280 || Yes || The reaction is succesfull as A approches the Hydrogen molecule with a high enough energy and forms a new hydrogen molecule with atoms A and B. The new molecule has some vibrational energy as indicated by the small oscillations  || [[File:TableauFig.1.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|  -3.1||-4.1||-420.077|| No || The reaction is unsuccesfull as the initial energy is not sufficient for the collision to form the product, they collide and separate back|| [[File:TableauFig.2.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -3.1||-5.1||-413.977|| Yes|| These initial conditions are similar to the first example only that the Hydrogen molecule has a higher momentum. The collision still results in a reaction forming the Hydrogen molecule between atoms A and B with vibrational energy ||[[File:TableauFig.3.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.1|| -357.277 || No || This reaction is quite different from the previous. Both momenta are relatively high. Consequently, the energy barrier is crossed once but the vibrational energy (represented by the oscillations) is so high that the barrier is crossed again, reverting back to the initial conditions and reagents. The reaction does not occur despite high momenta. ||[[File:TableauFig.4.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| -5.1|| -10.6|| -349.477 || Yes || Similar to the previous reaction, both momenta are high but p2 is even slightly higher. This results in the crossing of the reaction three times, thus forming the hydrogen molecule between the atoms A and B. The new molecule and the hydrogen atom C separate both with high vibrational energy||[[File:TableauFig.5.png|220px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
From this table, it can be concluded that having atoms/molecules with a higher momentum does not necessarily imply that the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; as the TS can be crossed multiple times due to the high vibrational energy. If, however, the TS is crossed an odd number of times, the reaction will be &amp;quot;reactive&amp;quot; while it will be unreactive if it crossed an even number of times. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== Comparison with transition state theory (TST) === &lt;br /&gt;
Without quoting the exact words used in the assumptions of TST, which can be found [ https://pubs.acs.org/doi/10.1021/jp953748q here]; the assumptions are as follows: &lt;br /&gt;
Compare with transition state theory.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ap5718</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>